Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Astm F 2332 2006

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 143

Designation: F 2332 – 06

Standard Specification for


Annular Ball Bearings for Instruments and Precision
Rotating Components1
This standard is issued under the fixed designation F 2332; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of
original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. A
superscript epsilon (e) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval.

1. Scope 1.4.4 Type IV—Annular ball bearing, for instruments and


1.1 This specification covers annular ball bearings intended precision rotating components, deep groove, flanged, inner ring
primarily for use in instrument and precision rotating compo- extended; (See Annex A13-Annex A16)
nents. Instrument and precision ball bearings should meet 1.4.5 Type V—Annular ball bearing, for instruments and
tolerances specified in ABMA Standard 12.2, Instrument Ball precision rotating components, angular contact, unflanged,
Bearings Inch Design for Classes ABEC 5P and 7P. nonseparable, and counterbored outer ring; (See Annex A17-
1.2 Intended Use—Ball bearings defined by this specifica- Annex A20)
tion are intended for use in critical components of instrument 1.4.6 Type VI—Annular ball bearing, for instruments and
systems. Such components range from air circulating blowers precision rotating components, angular contact, flanged, non-
and drive motors through precision gear trains, gyro gimbals, separable, and counterbored outer ring on flange side; (See
and pickoffs to rate integrating spin-motors. Annex A21-Annex A24)
1.3 The specification contains many of the requirements of 1.4.7 Type VII—Annular ball bearing, for instruments and
MIL-B-81793, which was originally developed by the Depart- precision rotating components, angular contact, unflanged,
ment of Defense and maintained by the Naval Air Systems separable, and stepped inner ring; (See Annex A25-Annex
Command (Navy-AS) in Lakehurst, NJ. The following gov- A28)
ernment activity codes may be found in the Department of 1.4.8 Type VIII—Annular ball bearing, for instruments and
Defense, Standardization Directory SD-1.2 precision rotating components, angular contact, flanged, sepa-
Preparing activity Custodians Review activities
rable, and stepped inner ring; (See Annex A29-Annex A32)
Navy - AS Army - AT Army-AV 1.4.9 Type IX—Annular ball bearing, for instruments and
Navy - AS Navy - MC, SH precision rotating components, angular contact, unflanged,
Air Force - 99 Air Force–84
DLA - GS
nonseparable, and stepped inner ring. (See Annex A33-Annex
A36)
1.4 Classification—Annular ball bearings for instrument 1.5 Inch-Pound Specification—This specification covers
and precision rotating components shall be of the following only the inch-pound bearings.
types, as specified: 1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the
1.4.1 Type I—Annular ball bearing, for instruments and safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the
precision rotating components, deep groove, unflanged; (See responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appro-
Annex A1-Annex A4) priate safety and health practices and determine the applica-
1.4.2 Type II—Annular ball bearing, for instruments and bility of regulatory requirements prior to use.
precision rotating components, deep groove, flanged; (See
Annex A5-Annex A8) 2. Referenced Documents
1.4.3 Type III—Annular ball bearing, for instruments and 2.1 ASTM Standards: 3
precision rotating components, deep groove, unflanged, inner A 240/A 240M Specification for Chromium and
ring extended; (See Annex A9-Annex A12) Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip
for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications
A 313/A 313M Specification for Stainless Steel Spring
1
This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee F34 on Rolling
Wire
Element Bearings and is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee F34.06 on
Aerospace.
3
Current edition approved Nov. 1, 2006. Published February 2007. For referenced ASTM standards, visit the ASTM website, www.astm.org, or
2
The military codes that are listed in SD-1 give the address and phone numbers contact ASTM Customer Service at service@astm.org. For Annual Book of ASTM
of the DoD contacts. These are found in the DoD’s ASSIST website http:// Standards volume information, refer to the standard’s Document Summary page on
assist.daps.dla.mil/. the ASTM website.

Copyright © ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, United States.

1
F 2332 – 06
A 380 Practice for Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of ISO 3290 Bearings, Rolling–Balls–Dimensions and Toler-
Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems ances
A 580/A 580M Specification for Stainless Steel Wire ISO 10012-1 Quality Assurance Requirements for Measur-
A 666 Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austen- ing Equipment
itic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar ISO 14644-1 Cleanrooms and Associated Controlled Envi-
A 756 Specification for Stainless Anti-Friction Bearing ronments. Part 1: Classification of Air Cleaniness
Steel ISO 14644-2 Cleanrooms and Associated Controlled Envi-
A 967 Specification for Chemical Passivation Treatments ronments. Part 2: Specifications for Testing and Monitor-
for Stainless Steel Parts ing to Provide Continued Compliance with ISO 14644-1
D 2273 Test Method for Trace Sediment in Lubricating Oils 2.8 Department of Defense:10
E 45 Test Methods for Determining the Inclusion Content Specifications:
of Steel MIL-DTL-197 Packaging of Bearings, Associated Parts and
E 140 Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals Relationship Sub-Assemblies
Among Brinell Hardness, Vickers Hardness, Rockwell MIL-PRF-6085 Lubricating Oil, Instrument, Aircraft, Low
Hardness, Superficial Hardness, Knoop Hardness, and Volatility
Scleroscope Hardness MIL-PRF-23827 Grease, Aircraft and Instrument, Gear and
2.2 ABMA Standards:4 Actuator Screw, NATO Code G-354, Metric
STD 1 Terminology for Anti-Friction Ball and Roller Bear- MIL-DTL-53131 Lubricating Oil, Precision Rolling Ele-
ings and Parts ment Bearing, Polyalphaolefin Based
STD 10 Metal Balls MIL-S-81087 Silicone Fluid, Chlorinated Phenyl Methyl
STD 12.2 Instruments Ball Bearings—Inch Design Polysiloxane, NATO Code Number H-536
2.3 SAE-AMS Specifications:5 MIL-PRF-81322 Grease, Aircraft, General Purpose, Wide
SAE-AMS 2303 Aircraft Quality Steel Cleanliness, Marten- Temperature Range
sitic Corrosion Resistant Steels, Magnetic Particle Inspec- MIL-B-81744 Barrier Coating Solution, Lubricant Migra-
tion Procedure tion Deterring
SAE-AMS 5688 Steel, Corrosion Resistant Wire, 18CR- DOD-L-81846 Lubricating Oil, Instrument, Ball Bearing,
9.0NI, (SAE 30302), Spring Temper High Flash Point
SAE-AMS 5880 Steel, Corrosion Resistant Bars, Wire and MIL-G-81937 Grease, Instrument, Ultra Clean, Metric
Forgings, 17CR-0.52MO (0.95-1.2C) MIL-PRF-83261 Grease, Aircraft, Extreme Pressure, Anti-
SAE-AMS 6444 Steel Bars, Forgings, and Mechanical Tub- Wear
ing, 1.45 Cr (0.98-1.10C) (SAE 52100) Premium Aircraft Standards:
Quality Consumable Electrode Vacuum Melted MIL-STD-129 Military Marking
SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763 Steel Bars, Wire, Shapes, and Forg- MIL-STD-130 Identification Marking of U.S. Military
ings, Corrosion Resistant Property
2.4 ASME Standards:6 MIL-STD-206 Friction Torque Testing for Bearings, Ball,
B46.1 Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness and Annular (Instrument Type)
Lay) MIL-STD-1334 Process for Barrier Coating of Anti-
B89.3.1 Measurement of Out of Roundness Friction Bearings
2.5 ASQC Standards:7 MIL-STD-1647 Identification Markings for Domestically
Z1.4 Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Manufactured Bearings, Ball, Annular for Instruments and
Attributes Precision Components
2.6 NCLS Standard8 2.9 Federal Standards:
Z540.1 Laboratories, Calibration, Measuring and Test FED-STD-791 Lubricants, Liquid Fuel and Related Prod-
Equipment ucts, Methods of Testing10
2.7 ISO Standards:9
ISO 1224 Bearings, Rolling—Instrument Precision Bear- 3. Performance Requirements
ings 3.1 Annexes—The individual item requirements shall be as
specified herein and in accordance with the applicable annex.
4
Available from the American Bearing Manufacturers Association, 2025 M St.
In the event of any conflict between the requirements of this
NW, Suite 800, Washington, DC 20036, http://www.amba-dc.org/. specification and the annexes, the latter shall govern.
5
Available from Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), 400 Commonwealth 3.2 Materials:
Dr., Warrendale, PA 15096-0001, http://www.sae.org. 3.2.1 Ball and Ring Materials—Balls and rings shall be
6
Available from American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), ASME
International Headquarters, Three Park Ave., New York, NY 10016-5990, http:// made of corrosion-resistant steel, 440C (UNS S44004), con-
www.asme.org. forming to SAE-AMS 5880 or A 756; chromium-alloy steel
7
Available from American Society for Quality (ASQ), 600 N. Plankinton Ave.,
Milwaukee, WI 53203, http://www.asq.org.
8
National Conference of Standards Laboratories (NCSL) Intl, 1800 30th Street,
10
Suite 305, Boulder, CO 80301-1026, http://www.ncsli.org/ Available from Standardization Documents Order Desk, DODSSP, Bldg. 4,
9
Available from American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 25 W. 43rd St., Section D, 700 Robbins Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, http://
4th Floor, New York, NY 10036, http://www.ansi.org. assist.daps.dla.mil/.

2
F 2332 – 06
52100 (UNS G52986) conforming to SAE-AMS 6444 as teristic of a tumbling process and shall be free of burrs, dents,
specified by the applicable annexes. (A single material is and folded material. Machined nonmetallic retainers shall be
represented by each annex.) free of delaminations and shall be deburred.
3.2.1.1 Material Cleanliness/Inclusion Content—440C 3.5.2 Cracks and Fractures—Rings, balls, retainers, snap
corrosion-resistant steels used for production of bearings shall rings, and closures shall be free of cracks and fractures.
meet the cleanliness requirements of SAE-AMS 5880. 3.5.3 Material Imperfections—Nonmetallic retainers shall
Chromium-alloy steel used for the production of bearings shall have no material imperfections, such as chipping and pits, in
meet the cleanliness requirements of SAE-AMS 6444. ball contact areas, and material imperfections in other areas
3.2.1.2 Passivation—Passivation shall be accomplished in shall not exceed 0.015-in. (0.038-cm) major dimension.
accordance with A 380 and A 967 on all bearing components 3.5.4 Particulate Contamination—All exterior surfaces and
fabricated from corrosion-resistant steel after completion of all interior areas of the bearing shall be free of foreign particles
machining or metal-removing operations and before assembly. visible using 103 magnification.
3.2.2 Retainer Metal—When corrosion-resistant steel is 3.6 Dimensions:
specified, crown retainers shall be UNS S41000 and ribbon 3.6.1 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions for
retainers shall be either UNS S30200, UNS S30500, or UNS each specification sheet shall be in accordance with the
S43000 in accordance with A 240/A 240M or A 666. Configu- Boundary Dimensions table of that annex.
ration shall be as specified by the part number designator in the 3.6.2 Tolerance Class—Tolerance classes for ABEC 5P or
Retainer table of the annexes. 7P shall be in accordance with the tolerance tables of ABMA
3.2.3 Shield Material—Shield material shall be corrosion- Standard 12.2. The tolerance classes shall apply to all bearing
resistant steel conforming to A 580/A 580M, Condition A, sizes listed in the Boundary Dimensions tables of the annexes.
A 240/A 240M, or A 666. 3.6.3 Roundness—Raceways shall be round within the val-
3.2.4 Snap Ring Material—Snap ring material shall be ues specified in Table 1 when measured by the minimum radial
corrosion-resistant steel conforming to A 313/A 313M, Type separation (MRS) method. This method consists of construct-
302, Class 1 or SAE-AMS 5688. ing two concentric circles, which fully encompasses the polar
3.2.5 Seal Material—Seal materials shall be as specified by trace of the measured surface and have the least possible radial
the part number designator in the Closures tables of the separation. This radial separation is the measurement of out of
annexes. Materials shall be compatible with and shall be roundness.
resistant to deterioration caused by lubricant, preservative, 3.6.4 Radial Internal Clearance—Radial internal clearance
hydraulic fluid, solvents, or other substances and chemicals (radial play) of deep groove radial bearings shall be as
that can be expected to come into contact with the bearing and specified by the part number designator in the Radial Internal
shall cause no deterioration of the same. Seal materials shall Clearance tables of the annexes.
not affect or be affected by the lubricants and solvents referred 3.6.5 Contact Angle—The contact angle or radial internal
to in this specification. Synthetic rubber seals shall operate clearance of angular contact bearings shall be as specified by
from −65 to 230°F (−54 to 110°C). the part number designator in the Radial Internal Clearance
3.3 Design and Construction—Bearings shall be of the tables of the annexes and reflects the unit of the appropriate
design, construction, and physical dimensions specified on the method of measurement. The contact angle shall be as defined
applicable annex (see 3.1). by ABMA Standard 1. A bearing offered with a singular
contact angle shall obtain that value within 61.5° when
3.4 Closures—The number, type, and locations of closures
measured in accordance with 4.7.5.1.
shall be as specified by the part number designator in the
Closures tables of the annexes. Unless otherwise specified, 3.7 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
location for single closures shall be on either side of a specified by the part number designator in the Performance
symmetrical bearing. Test tables of the annexes.
3.7.1 Starting Torque—Maximum starting torque shall be in
3.4.1 Closure Attachment—Closures shall be securely at-
accordance with the values listed in Table 2.
tached to the outer ring and shall permit removal and reinstal-
3.8 Ball Quality—The minimum quality level of ball geom-
lation using common bearing working tools. Snap ring wires
etry and surface roughness for all bearings of both ABEC
are preferred, but “self-holding” closures are permitted pro-
tolerance levels shall be a Grade 5 (G5) as selected from the
vided they withstand service vibration conditions without
grade levels specified in ABMA Standard 10/ISO 3290. The
becoming detached. Reinstallation does not apply to synthetic
balls in each bearing shall come from the same ball lot or be
rubber seals.
inspected to be G5.
3.5 Visual Requirements:
3.9 Hardness of Balls and Rings:
3.5.1 Surface Appearance—Cylindrical mounting surfaces,
cage piloting lands, and faces of inner and outer rings shall
have a smooth finished appearance characteristic of one or
TABLE 1 Surface Roundness
more of the following processes: grinding, honing, lapping,
Precision Level Raceways
polishing, or tumbling. The surfaces shall be free of visible tool (ABEC) (µin.)
marks, chatter and waviness, scratches with raised metal, pits,
5 50
rust, or other surface imperfections. Metal retainers, snap rings, 7 40
and closures shall have a smooth finished appearance charac-

3
F 2332 – 06
TABLE 2 Starting Torque Limits
Bearing Size Maximum Starting Torque
(inch) milligram-millimeters
Load
Bore Outside
(gram) Radial Internal Clearance (inch)
Diameter Diameter
d D 0.0001 to 0.0003 0.0003 to 0.0005 0.0005 to 0.0008
0.0400 0.1250 75 1800 1500 1400
0.0469 0.1562 75 1800 1500 1400
0.0550 0.1875 75 1800 1500 1400
0.0781 0.2500 75 1800 1500 1400
0.0937 0.3125 75 1800 1500 1400
0.0937 0.1875 75 1800 1500 1400
0.1250 0.2500 75 1800 1500 1400
0.1250 0.3125 75 1800 1500 1400
0.1250 0.3750 75 2000 1600 1500
0.1250 0.3750 400 5000 4500 4200
0.1250 0.5000 400 5000 4500 4200
0.1562 0.3125 75 1800 1500 1400
0.1875 0.3125 75 1800 1500 1400
0.1875 0.3750 75 2000 1600 1500
0.1875 0.5000 400 6500 5500 5000
0.2500 0.3750 75 1800 1500 1400
0.2500 0.5000 400 6000 5200 4800
0.2500 0.6250 400 7000 6000 5500
0.2500 0.7500 400 8000 7000 6500
0.3125 0.5000 400 6000 5200 4800
0.3750 0.8750 400 11 000 9500 9000

3.9.1 440C Balls and Rings—Through hardness of rings Lubricant tables of the annexes. The barrier coating shall be
shall be Rockwell Rc58 min. Through hardness of balls shall applied in accordance with MIL-STD-1334. The material used
be Rockwell Rc60 min. Through hardness of individual balls in shall conform to MIL-B-81744.
any bearing shall not vary by greater than four points Rockwell 3.12.4.1 Barrier Coating Facilities—The facilities used for
Rc. the application of barrier coating shall conform to the require-
3.9.2 52100 Balls and Rings—Through hardness of rings ments of MIL-STD-1334.
shall be Rockwell Rc60 min. Through hardness of balls shall 3.13 Marking of Barrier Coated Bearings—Marking of
be Rockwell Rc62 min. Through hardness of individual balls in barrier coated bearings shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-
any bearing shall not vary by greater than four points Rockwell 1334.
Rc. 3.14 Marking of Non-Barrier Coated Bearings—For mili-
3.10 Surface Roughness—Surface roughness of raceways tary procurements, bearings shall be marked in accordance
shall not exceed 2 microinches (µin.) roughness average (Ra) with MIL-STD-130 or MIL-STD-1647, as specified in the
for 1.000 inch outside diameter (OD) and under; 3 µin. Ra for contract or order (see 6.1).
over 1.000 inch OD. Surface roughness of mounting surfaces 3.15 Calibration (Classification)—Bearings shall be sup-
and cage piloted lands shall not exceed 10 µin Ra. Faces shall plied in classified lots according to bore and outside diameter
not exceed 16 µin Ra. Surface roughness shall be measured in (OD) size in steps of 0.00005 or 0.00010 inch when specified
accordance with 4.7.9. by the part number designator in the Calibration of Bore and
3.11 Dimensional Stability—Rings and balls shall withstand Outside Diameter tables of the annexes. For classification
temperature changes and exposures under test conditions of purposes, bore size shall be the smallest single bore measure-
4.7.10 with changes in diameter not exceeding the larger of the ment and OD shall be the largest single OD measurement.
following: 3.16 Workmanship—The ball bearings, including all parts,
Rings: 0.000100 inch/inch or 0.000025 inch shall be constructed and finished in a manner to ensure
Balls: 0.000100 inch/inch or 0.000005 inch
compliance with the requirements of this specification. Particu-
3.12 Lubrication: lar attention shall be paid to marking of assemblies and
3.12.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall conform to the speci- freedom of parts from burrs and sharp edges.
fication specified by the part number designator in the Lubri- 3.17 Inspection Condition—The inspection condition shall
cant tables of the annexes. be a manufacturing lot consisting of finished bearings having a
3.12.2 Lubricant Contamination—The lubricant shall meet single part number manufactured using well established pro-
the contamination requirement of the respective specification cedures and produced as one continuous batch receiving final
when tested in accordance with 4.7.11.2. inspection at the same location. The inspection lot shall be
3.12.3 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant re- identified by a unique number (Manufacturer’s Lot Control
quired shall be as specified by the part number in the Lubricant Number) to be included on the bearing process sheets, pack-
Amount tables of the annexes. aging markings and associated certifications that accompany
3.12.4 Barrier Coating—Barrier coating shall be applied to the shipping paperwork. The manufacturer’s lot control num-
bearings when specified by the part number designator in the ber shall be traceable to the finished bearing assembly while in

4
F 2332 – 06
its original packaging. The samples taken for acceptance TABLE 3 Conformance Inspection
testing/inspection shall be randomly selected to ensure that Inspection
Requirement Test
they are representative of the lot. Component information shall Paragraph Paragraph

be maintained for each bearing assembly lot. Multiple compo- Group A


Design and construction 3.3 4.7.3
nent lots are permitted as long as this component information Retainer material 3.2.2 4.7.3
is maintained. Closures 3.4 4.7.3
Closure attachment 3.4.1 4.7.3
4. Verification Surface appearance 3.5.1 4.7.3
Cracks and fractures 3.5.2 4.7.3
4.1 Inspection Conditions—Unless otherwise specified, all Material imperfections 3.5.3 4.7.3
inspections shall be performed in accordance with the test Particulate contamination 3.5.4 4.7.3
Workmanship 3.16 4.7.3
conditions specified herein or in the applicable test method. Barrier coating 3.12.3 4.7.11.3
4.2 Inspection Area Cleanliness—Inspection areas shall Packing, Preservation, Packaging and 3.14 4.7.3
meet the cleanliness requirements of ISO 14644-1, Class 5, Package Marking
Class 7. Group B
4.3 Measurement Standards Calibration—Measurement Boundary dimensions 3.6.1 4.7.4.1
Tolerance Class 3.6.2 4.7.4.2
standards shall have calibrations in accordance with Radial internal clearance 3.6.4 4.7.5
ISO 10012-1 and NCSL Z540.1. Contact angle 3.6.5 4.7.5.1
4.4 Measurement Temperature—Dimensional measurement Performance test 3.7 Applicable
Annex
made at other than the standard calibration temperature shall be Starting torque 3.7.1 4.7.6.1
corrected for temperature effects. Hardness-Balls/Rings 3.9 4.7.8
Calibration (Classification) 3.15 4.7.12
4.5 Inspection Provisions—Alternate inspection procedures
and inspection equipment may be used by the contractor when Group C
Passivation 3.2.1.2 4.7.2
such procedures and equipment provide, as a minimum, the Ball quality 3.8 4.7.7
quality assurance required in the contractual documents. Be- Roundness 3.6.3 4.7.4.2
fore applying such alternative inspection procedures and in- Surface roughness 3.10 4.7.9
Hardness of balls and rings 3.9 4.7.8
spection equipment, the contractor shall describe them in a Dimensional stability 3.11 4.7.10
written proposal and shall demonstrate for the approval of the Lubricant 3.12.1 4.7.11.1
procuring representative that their effectiveness is equal or Lubricant cleanliness 3.12.1 4.7.11.2

better than the contractual quality assurance procedure. In Group D


Ball and ring material testing 3.2.1 4.7.1
cases of dispute as to whether certain procedures of the Material cleanliness testing 3.2.1.1 4.7.1
contractor’s inspection system provide equal assurance, the Shield material testing 3.2.3 4.7.1
contract and procedures of this specification shall apply. Snap ring material testing 3.2.4 4.7.1
Seal material testing 3.2.5 4.7.1
4.6 Conformance Inspection Sample—An inspection lot
shall consist of all bearings of a particular identification
number submitted for delivery at the same time. For each lot of
assembled bearings, the procuring activity quality assurance required in 3.6.2 shall be measured with closures attached in
representative shall specify the inspection level. If the inspec- accordance with ABMA Standard 12.2 and ISO 1224.
tion level is not specified, the contractor shall use their standard 4.7.4.2 Roundness Measurements—Roundness measure-
inspection procedures. ments specifying MRS method microinch values (see 3.6.3)
4.6.1 Conformance Inspection—The sample shall be sub- shall be made on equipment meeting ASME Standard B89.3.1.
jected to the applicable tests specified in Table 3, Groups A and Such equipment shall include means to provide a permanent
B. Groups C and D shall be used only when specified by the recording on either strip or polar chart-type recorders.
procuring activity. 4.7.5 Radial Internal Clearance—Radial internal clearance
4.7 Methods of Inspection: shall be measured with closures removed and the bearing
4.7.1 Material Inspections—Material inspection methods lubricated with a thin film of oil. Gage pressure shall be the
shall be in accordance with the material specification. minimum required to overcome friction and weight of moving
4.7.2 Passivation Tests—Passivation tests of corrosion- parts and obtain repeatable readings. Radial internal clearance
resistant components shall be conducted in accordance with the shall be the average of three measurements taken with each
copper sulfate or high humidity tests of A 380. Each compo- measurement using a different position of the outer race. The
nent shall be examined under 103 magnification to determine measurements shall be made by comparison with a bearing of
compliance. known radial play or by the method described in ABMA
4.7.3 Visual Inspections—Inspection for conformance to the Standards 12.2 and ISO 1224.
requirements of 3.5.1 through 3.5.4 shall be made using a 103 4.7.5.1 Contact Angle—When the part number designator in
binocular microscope. All other visual inspections shall be the Radial Internal Clearance tables of the annexes for angular
made without magnification. The classification of defects, contact bearings specifies a contact angle, the bearing shall be
Table 4, shall be used to classify the defects found. mounted in such a manner that no radial distortion is caused by
4.7.4 Dimensional Inspections: an interference fit. The test fixture shall be set up to impart a net
4.7.4.1 Boundary Dimensions Inspection—The bearing di- thrust not to exceed 2 lb. The inner race or the outer race of the
mensions required in 3.6.1 and respective tolerance class bearing shall be rotated at a constant speed while the speed of

5
F 2332 – 06
TABLE 4 Classification of Defects Ni = rpm of rotating inner race,
Category Description of Defect Requirement No = rpm of rotating outer race,
Critical Incorrect material 3.2.1 through 3.2.5 E = pitch diameter,
Incorrect design and construction 3.3 b = contact angle, and
Incorrect retainer type 3.3 d = ball diameter.
Incorrect number, type or location of closures 3.4
Closures not securely attached 3.4.1 4.7.6 Torque Tests:
Cracks or fractures in any components 3.5.2 4.7.6.1 Starting Torque Test—Starting torque test method
Barrier coat on raceways, retainers, or ring 3.12.3
lands
shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-206.
Major Passivation 3.2.1.2 4.7.7 Ball Quality Inspections—Ball diameter measure-
Burrs, dents or folded material on closures 3.5.1 ments shall be based on comparative measurements with
Delimitation or burring of non-metallic 3.5.1
retainers
master balls. The measurements of master balls and balls being
Material break out of non-metallic retainers 3.5.3 tested shall be made at the same temperature and with the same
Particulate contamination 3.5.4 gage pressure (see Table 5). If the master balls are of a different
Boundary dimensions
Outer ring outside diameter (OD) 3.6.1
material than the balls being tested, readings shall be referred
Outer ring OD out-of-round 3.6.2 to zero gage pressure and a temperature of 68 6 3°F.
Outer ring OD taper 3.6.2 Conformance to the ball quality requirements specified in
Outer ring radial runout 3.6.2
Outer ring width variation 3.6.2
ISO 3290 apply.
Outer ring OD runout with reference face 3.6.2 4.7.7.1 Diameter Variations per Ball—The differences be-
Outer ring corner radii 3.6.1 tween the maximum diameter measured and the minimum
Outer ring OD/flange face undercut 3.6.2
Inner ring bore diameter 3.6.1
diameter measured on each ball is the maximum diameter
Inner ring bore out-of-round 3.6.2 variation of that ball per ISO 3290.
Inner ring radial runout 3.6.2 4.7.7.2 Ball Diameter Variation per Bearing—The average
Inner ring width variation 3.6.2
Inner ring bore taper 3.6.2
diameter of each ball shall be computed by averaging five
Inner ring bore runout with reference face 3.6.2 measurements of that ball. The difference between the average
Inner ring corner radii 3.6.1 diameter of the largest ball and the average diameter of the
Radial internal clearance or contact angle 3.6.4 or 3.6.5
Starting torque 3.7.1
smallest ball in a bearing is the ball diameter variation of the
Ball quality 3.8 bearing.
Hardness of balls and rings 3.9 4.7.8 Hardness Tests—The bearings selected for this test
Surface roughness of raceways 3.10
Incorrect lubricant 3.12.1 shall not be the same bearings used for the dimensional
Barrier coating missing from required surface 3.12.3 stability test. If, because of limited size of surface or for other
Calibration 3.15 valid reasons, Rockwell C scale measurements are not feasible,
Minor Snap rings not easily removable 3.5.1
Surfaces do not meet visual requirements 3.5.1 through 3.5.4 other methods of measuring hardness may be used, provided
Boundary dimensions correlation with the Rockwell C scale measurement values is
Outer ring width 3.6.1 established. When lighter loads are used, conversion to Rock-
Outer ring flange width 3.6.1
Outer ring flange OD 3.6.1 well C shall be through the use of charts in Hardness
Outer ring OD roundness 3.6.1 Conversion Tables E 140. Hardness tests shall be made on flat
Outer ring raceway roundness 3.6.2 and 3.6.3 surfaces.
Inner ring bore roundness 3.6.2 and 3.6.3
Inner ring raceway roundness 3.6.2 and 3.6.3 4.7.9 Surface Roughness Tests—Measurements from less
Outer ring raceway runout to reference side 3.6.2 than 1 to 1000 µin. shall be made with equipment meeting the
Inner ring raceway runout to reference side 3.6.2 requirements of ASME B46.1. Such equipment shall allow
Surface roughness of mounting surface, 3.10
levels and surfaces measurements on most surfaces including fine finished or soft
Marking for identification 3.14 materials. The equipment shall include means to provide a

TABLE 5 Standard Oil Quantities


the retainer (rolling element pitch diameter) is determined. The Number of drops, #26 BD needle 1A
number of revolutions of the retainer shall be counted when Number of Balls
Ball
either the inner or the outer race is rotated. Diametric values Diameter 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
shall be determined and recorded for use in the following
0.0250 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
applicable formulas:
0.0312 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Rotating Inner Race: 0.0394 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
0.0625 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
E
FF 2Ne
b 5 cos21 d 1 2 Ni GG (1) 0.0937
0.1250
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
0.1406 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Rotating Outer Race: 0.1562 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

FF
E 2Ne
b 5 cos21 d No 2 1 GG (2)
A
0.1875
0.2187
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
Oil: Lubricate bearing with the indicated number of drops with a 50/50 mixture
where: by volume of oil and solvent and allow solvent to evaporate. (The properties of the
Ne = rpm of pitch circle, oil shall not change after evaporation of the solvent.) Minimum quantity for Gimbal
bearings (one drop).

6
F 2332 – 06
permanent graphical plot of the data. Minimum cutoff wave- 5.1.1 Preservation and Packaging—For military procure-
length shall be determined by dividing width of surface to be ments, preservation and packaging shall be in accordance with
measured by ten and selecting the next lowest preferred cutoff MIL-DTL-197, Method 41B.
wavelength, either 0.001, 0.003, 0.01, or 0.03 in. In deep 5.1.2 Package Marking—For military procurements, pack-
groove raceways, the width of the surface is the distance from age marking shall be in accordance with MIL-STD-129.
the bottom of the race to either land corner. Special marking requirements shall be as specified in the
4.7.10 Dimensional Stability Tests—The dimensional stabil- contract or order.
ity of rings and balls shall be demonstrated by the following
test: The rings and balls shall be subjected to a temperature of
6. Supplementary Requirements
−80 6 3°F for 25 hr 6 30 min. Immediately following, the
parts shall be subjected to a temperature of +302 6 3°F for 25 6.1 Acquisition Requirements—Procurement documents
hr 6 30 min. This cycle shall then be repeated for a total of 100 should specify the following:
hours. Diameter shall be measured at 68 6 3°F and compared 6.1.1 Title, number, and date of the specification.
to values recorded before temperature cycling.
6.1.2 Quantity and part identifying number (PIN) of the
4.7.11 Lubricant Inspections:
bearing required.
4.7.11.1 Lubricant—Lubricant shall meet the OEM, NSN,
Source Control, Spec Control drawing requirements. When 6.1.3 Ring, ball, retainer, and closure materials (see 3.2).
required, conformity to a lubricant specification shall be 6.1.4 Number, type, and location of closures (see 3.4).
verified by analysis with an infrared spectrometer. 6.1.5 Boundary dimensions (see 3.6.1).
4.7.11.2 Lubricant Contamination Tests—All tests shall be 6.1.6 Bearing precision level ABEC tolerances (see 3.6.2).
performed in a ISO 14644–1, Class 5 environment. Sample
bearings shall be tested for lubricant contamination by the 6.1.7 Radial internal clearance or contact angle (see 3.6.4
following procedure: When required by contract, the bearing and 3.6.5).
supplier shall take three random samples from the lubricating 6.1.8 Type and amount of lubricant (see 3.12.1 and 3.12.3).
fixture or container of lubricant if a fixture is not used, at the 6.1.9 Barrier coating requirements (see 3.12.4).
time bearings are lubricated. Samples of grease shall be 6.1.10 Performance tests required (see 3.7).
prepared and read for dirt count in accordance with FED-STD-
6.1.11 Packing, preservation, packaging and package mark-
791, Method 3005. Samples of oil shall be prepared and read
ing requirements (see Section 5).
for dirt count in accordance with FED-STD-791, Method 3004
or D 2273. The bearing’s supplier shall maintain the sample 6.1.12 Marking requirements (see 3.14).
and inspection report for examination by the procuring activi- 6.2 Envelope Dimension Size Availability—The listing of a
ty’s representative and shall certify that the sample was taken particular envelope dimension size of a bearing in a specifica-
from the lubricant used to lubricate the bearings. tion sheet does not guarantee availability from every manufac-
4.7.11.3 Barrier Coat Inspection—Barrier coated bearings turer. Shields or seals, for instance, may not be available on the
shall be inspected in accordance with MIL-STD-1334. thinner widths of a particular bore and OD. Recommend
4.7.12 Calibration Classification Inspection—Bore and OD verification of availability from industry sources before assign-
measurements of 4.7.4.1 shall be used to verify conformance to ment of PIN.
calibration requirements. Individual measurements as specified
in 3.6.1 shall be used rather than average values. 7. Keywords
5. Packing, Preservation, Packaging and Package 7.1 ABEC 5P; ABEC 7P; angular contact; barrier coating;
Marking bearing void; calibration (classification); contact angle; coun-
5.1 Packing—For acquisition purposes, the packing re- terbored outer ring; deep groove radial; extended inner ring;
quirements shall be as specified in the contract or order (see instrument bearing; nonseparable; passivation; precision bear-
6.1). ing; separable; starting torque; stepped inner ring

7
F 2332 – 06
ANNEXES

(Mandatory Information)

A1. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
UNFLANGED, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 5P

A1.1 Requirements A1.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A1.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specification by the part number designator in Table A1.5.
sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, unflanged. A1.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
A1.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these specified by the part number designator in Table A1.6.
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986) A1.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444. A1.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A1.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A1.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing
A1.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A1.1.
A1.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A1.8.
A1.1. A1.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A1.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A1.2. in Table A1.7.
A1.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the A1.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator in Table A1.3. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A1.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A1.4. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A1.2).

FIG. A1.1 Bearing Configuration

8
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A1.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A1.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standardA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 2 crownB
-BC 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 5 PTFE tube separatorD
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 7 phenolic laminateE,F
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003 A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
-EC 0.0937 0.2500 0.0625 0.003
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
-ED 0.0937 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-EG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 F
Used for high-speed applications.
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A1.3 Closures
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 PN Des Number Type
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 N none none
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 A one shieldA
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 C two shieldA
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 D one sealB
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 E one sealC
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 H two sealB
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 J two sealC
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003 A
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010 shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 snap rings.
B
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 Synthetic rubber.
C
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 TABLE A1.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012 9 As specified in contract
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012 TABLE A1.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005 N no calibration no calibration
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005 A no calibration 0.00010
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012 B no calibration 0.00005
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012 C 0.00010 no calibration
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016 D 0.00010 0.00010
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016 E 0.00010 0.00005
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012 F 0.00005 no calibration
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012 G 0.00005 0.00010
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012 H 0.00005 0.00005
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MB 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.

9
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A1.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A1.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A1.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A1.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

10
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A1.2 Part Number

11
F 2332 – 06

A2. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
UNFLANGED, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 7P

A2.1 Requirements A2.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A2.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specification by the part number designator in Table A2.5.
sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, unflanged. A2.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
A2.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these specified by the part number designator in Table A2.6.
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986) A2.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444. A2.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A2.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A2.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing
A2.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A2.1.
A2.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A2.8.
A2.1. A2.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A2.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A2.2. in Table A2.7.
A2.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the A2.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator in Table A2.3. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A2.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A2.4. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A2.2).

FIG. A2.1 Bearing Configuration

12
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A2.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A2.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standardA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 2 crownB
-BC 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 5 PTFE tube separatorD
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 7 phenolic laminateE,F
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003 A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
-EC 0.0937 0.2500 0.0625 0.003
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
-ED 0.0937 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-EG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 F
Used for high-speed applications.
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A2.3 Closures
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 PN Des Number Type
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 N none none
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 A one shieldA
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 C two shieldA
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 D one sealB
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 E one sealC
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 H two sealB
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 J two sealC
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003 A
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010 shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 snap rings.
B
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 Synthetic rubber.
C
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 TABLE A2.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012 9 As specified in contract
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012 TABLE A2.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005 N no calibration no calibration
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005 A no calibration 0.00010
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012 B no calibration 0.00005
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012 C 0.00010 no calibration
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016 D 0.00010 0.00010
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016 E 0.00010 0.00005
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012 F 0.00005 no calibration
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012 G 0.00005 0.00010
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012 H 0.00005 0.00005
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MB 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.

13
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A2.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A2.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A2.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A2.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

14
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A2.2 Part Number

15
F 2332 – 06

A3. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
UNFLANGED, CORROSIONRESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 5P

A3.1 Requirements A3.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A3.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specification by the part number designator in Table A3.5.
sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, unflanged. A3.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
A3.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these specified by the part number designator in Table A3.6.
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004) A3.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763. A3.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A3.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A3.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing
A3.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A3.1.
A3.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A3.8.
A3.1. A3.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A3.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A3.2. in Table A3.7.
A3.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the A3.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator in Table A3.3. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A3.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A3.4. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A3.2).

FIG. A3.1 Bearing Configuration

16
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A3.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A3.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standardA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 2 crownB
-BC 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 5 PTFE tube separatorD
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 7 phenolic laminateE,F
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003 A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
-EC 0.0937 0.2500 0.0625 0.003
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
-ED 0.0937 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-EG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 F
Used for high-speed applications.
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A3.3 Closures
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 PN Des Number Type
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 N none none
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 A one shieldA
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 C two shieldA
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 D one sealB
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 E one sealC
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 H two sealB
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 J two sealC
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003 A
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010 shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 snap rings.
B
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 Synthetic rubber.
C
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 TABLE A3.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012 9 As specified in contract
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012 TABLE A3.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005 N no calibration no calibration
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005 A no calibration 0.00010
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012 B no calibration 0.00005
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012 C 0.00010 no calibration
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016 D 0.00010 0.00010
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016 E 0.00010 0.00005
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012 F 0.00005 no calibration
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012 G 0.00005 0.00010
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012 H 0.00005 0.00005
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MB 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.

17
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A3.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A3.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A3.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A3.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

18
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A3.2 Part Number

19
F 2332 – 06

A4. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
UNFLANGED, CORROSIONRESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 7P

A4.1 Requirements A4.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A4.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specification by the part number designator in Table A4.5.
sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, unflanged. A4.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
A4.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these specified by the part number designator in Table A4.6.
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004) A4.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763. A4.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A4.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A4.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing
A4.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A4.1.
A4.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A4.8.
A4.1. A4.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A4.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A4.2. in Table A4.7.
A4.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the A4.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator in Table A4.3. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A4.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A4.4. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A4.2).

FIG. A4.1 Bearing Configuration

20
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A4.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A4.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standardA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 2 crownB
-BC 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 5 PTFE tube separatorD
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 7 phenolic laminateE,F
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003 A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
-EC 0.0937 0.2500 0.0625 0.003
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
-ED 0.0937 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-EG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 F
Used for high-speed applications.
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A4.3 Closures
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 PN Des Number Type
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 N none none
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 A one shieldA
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 C two shieldA
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 D one sealB
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 E one sealC
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 H two sealB
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 J two sealC
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003 A
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010 shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 snap rings.
B
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 Synthetic rubber.
C
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 TABLE A4.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012 9 As specified in contract
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012 TABLE A4.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005 N no calibration no calibration
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005 A no calibration 0.00010
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012 B no calibration 0.00005
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012 C 0.00010 no calibration
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016 D 0.00010 0.00010
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016 E 0.00010 0.00005
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012 F 0.00005 no calibration
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012 G 0.00005 0.00010
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012 H 0.00005 0.00005
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MB 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.

21
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A4.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A4.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A4.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A4.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

22
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A4.2 Part Number

23
F 2332 – 06

A5. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
FLANGED, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 5P

A5.1 Requirements A5.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A5.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specification by the part number designator in Table A5.5.
sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, flanged. A5.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
A5.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these specified by the part number designator in Table A5.6.
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986) A5.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444. A5.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A5.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A5.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing
A5.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A5.1.
A5.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A5.8.
A5.1. A5.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A5.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A5.2. in Table A5.7.
A5.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the A5.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator in Table A5.3. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A5.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A5.4. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A5.2).

FIG. A5.1 Bearing Configuration

24
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A5.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A5.3 Closures
Flange Flange Radius PN Des Number Type Locations
Dash Bore OD Width
OD Width rA
No. d D C N none none
D1 C1
A one shieldA normalB
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 B one shieldA oppositeC
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 C two shieldA
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 D one sealD snrmalB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.023 0.003 E one sealE normalB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 F one sealD oppositeC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 G one sealE oppositeC
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 H two sealD
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003 J two sealE
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003
snap rings.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 B
On flange side.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 C
On side opposite flange.
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 D
Synthetic rubber.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.005 E
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.005
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A5.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005 TABLE A5.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016 N no calibration no calibration
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016 A no calibration 0.00010
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 B no calibration 0.00005
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 C 0.00010 no calibration
A D 0.00010 0.00010
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
E 0.00010 0.00005
F 0.00005 no calibration
TABLE A5.2 Retainer G 0.00005 0.00010
H 0.00005 0.00005
PN Des Type
0 no retainer, full complement
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 crownB
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

25
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A5.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A5.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A5.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A5.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

26
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A5.2 Part Number

27
F 2332 – 06

A6. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
FLANGED, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 7P

A6.1 Requirements A6.1.8 Calibration—Calibration shall be as specified by the


A6.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specification part number designator in Table A6.5.
sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, flanged. A6.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
A6.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these specified by the part number designator in Table A6.6.
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986) A6.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444. A6.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A6.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A6.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing
A6.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A6.1.
A6.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A6.8.
A6.1. A6.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A6.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A6.2. in Table A6.7.
A6.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the A6.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator in Table A6.3. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A6.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A6.4. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A6.2).

FIG. A6.1 Bearing Configuration

28
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A6.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A6.3 Closures
Flange Flange PN Des Number Type Locations
Dash Bore OD Width Radius
OD Width
No. d D C rA N none none
D1 C1
A one shieldA normalB
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 B one shieldA oppositeC
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 C two shieldA
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 D one sealD normalB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.023 0.003 E one sealE normalB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 F one sealD oppositeC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 G one sealE oppositeC
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 H two sealD
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003 J two sealE
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003
snap rings.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 B
On flange side.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 C
On side opposite flange.
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 D
Synthetic rubber.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.005 E
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.005
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A6.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005 TABLE A6.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016 N no calibration no calibration
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016 A no calibration 0.00010
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 B no calibration 0.00005
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 C 0.00010 no calibration
A D 0.00010 0.00010
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
E 0.00010 0.00005
F 0.00005 no calibration
TABLE A6.2 Retainer G 0.00005 0.00010
H 0.00005 0.00005
PN Des Type
0 no retainer, full complement
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 crownB
3 ribbon, tight clinchedB
4 ribbon, loose clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

29
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A6.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A6.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A6.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A6.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

30
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A6.2 Part Number

31
F 2332 – 06

A7. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
FLANGED, CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 5P

A7.1 Requirements A7.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A7.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specification by the part number designator in Table A7.5.
sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, flanged. A7.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
A7.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these specified by the part number designator in Table A7.6.
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004) A7.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763. A7.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A7.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A7.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing
A7.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A7.1.
A7.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A7.8.
A7.1. A7.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A7.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A7.2. in Table A7.7.
A7.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the A7.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator in Table A7.3. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A7.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A7.4. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A7.2).

FIG. A7.1 Bearing Configuration

32
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A7.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A7.3 Closures
Flange Flange PN Des Number Type Locations
Dash Bore OD Width Radius
OD Width
No. d D C rA N none none
D1 C1
A one shieldA normalB
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 B one shieldA oppositeC
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 C two shieldA
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 D one sealD normalB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.023 0.003 E one sealE normalB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 F one sealD oppositeC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 G one sealE oppositeC
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 H two sealD
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003 J two sealE
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003
snap rings.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 B
On flange side.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 C
On side opposite flange.
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 D
Synthetic rubber.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.005 E
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.005
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A7.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005 TABLE A7.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016 N no calibration no calibration
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016 A no calibration 0.00010
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 B no calibration 0.00005
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 C 0.00010 no calibration
A D 0.00010 0.00010
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
E 0.00010 0.00005
F 0.00005 no calibration
TABLE A7.2 Retainer G 0.00005 0.00010
H 0.00005 0.00005
PN Des Type
0 no retainer, full complement
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 crownB
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

33
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A7.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A7.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A7.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A7.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

34
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A7.2 Part Number

35
F 2332 – 06

A8. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
FLANGED, CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 7P

A8.1 Requirements A8.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A8.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specification by the part number designator in Table A8.5.
sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, flanged. A8.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
A8.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these specified by the part number designator in Table A8.6.
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004) A8.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763. A8.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A8.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A8.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing
A8.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A8.1.
A8.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A8.8.
A8.1. A8.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A8.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A8.2. in Table A8.7.
A8.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the A8.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator in Table A8.3. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A8.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A8.4. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A8.2).

FIG. A8.1 Bearing Configuration

36
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A8.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A8.3 Closures
Flange Flange PN Des Number Type Locations
Dash Bore OD Width Radius
OD Width
No. d D C rA N none none
D1 C1
A one shieldA normalB
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 B one shieldA oppositeC
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 C two shieldA
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 D one sealD normalB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.023 0.003 E one sealE normalB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 F one sealD oppositeC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 G one sealE oppositeC
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 H two sealD
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003 J two sealE
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003
snap rings.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 B
On flange side.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 C
On side opposite flange.
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 D
Synthetic rubber.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.005 E
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.005
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A8.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005 TABLE A8.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016 N no calibration no calibration
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016 A no calibration 0.00010
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 B no calibration 0.00005
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 C 0.00010 no calibration
A D 0.00010 0.00010
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
E 0.00010 0.00005
F 0.00005 no calibration
TABLE A8.2 Retainer G 0.00005 0.00010
H 0.00005 0.00005
PN Des Type
0 no retainer, full complement
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 ccrownB
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD
6 not applicable
7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

37
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A8.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A8.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A8.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A8.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

38
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A8.2 Part Number

39
F 2332 – 06

A9. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
UNFLANGED, INNER RING EXTENDED, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 5P

A9.1 Requirements A9.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A9.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specification by the part number designator in Table A9.5.
sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, unflanged, A9.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be as
inner ring extended configuration (see Fig. A9.1). specified by the part number designator in Table A9.6.
A9.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A9.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
A9.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444.
with the specification specified by the part number designator
A9.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A9.7.
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A9.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A9.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A9.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A9.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A9.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A9.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A9.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A9.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A9.2. A9.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A9.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
part number designator in Table A9.3.
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
A9.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A9.2).
Table A9.4.

FIG. A9.1 Bearing Configuration

40
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A9.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A9.3 Closures
Outer Inner PN Des Number Type
Dash Bore OD Ring Ring Radius
N none none
No. d D Width Width rA
A one shieldA
C B
C two shieldA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.0937 0.003 D one sealB
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.1250 0.003 E one sealC
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.1094 0.003 H two sealB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 J two sealC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.1719 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.0937 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.1250 0.003
snap rings.
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 B
Synthetic rubber.
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.003 C
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.003
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.1406 0.003
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 TABLE A9.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.003
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.1719 0.005 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.1875 0.012 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.012
-HE 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.2272 0.012 TABLE A9.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.1562 0.005
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.2188 0.005 N no calibration no calibration
-JD 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.2272 0.012 A no calibration 0.00010
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
A C 0.00010 no calibration
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
D 0.00010 0.00010
E 0.00010 0.00005
TABLE A9.2 Retainer F 0.00005 no calibration
G 0.00005 0.00010
PN Des Type H 0.00005 0.00005
0 no retainer, full complement
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 crownB
3 ribbon, tight-clinched
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

41
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A9.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A9.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A9.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A9.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

42
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A9.2 Part Number

43
F 2332 – 06

A10. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
UNFLANGED, INNER RING EXTENDED, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 7P

A10.1 Requirements A10.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A10.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A10.5.
tion sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, unflanged, A10.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
inner ring extended configuration (see Fig. A10.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A10.6.
A10.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A10.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
A10.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444.
with the specification specified by the part number designator
A10.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A10.7.
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A10.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A10.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A10.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A10.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A10.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A10.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A10.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A10.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A10.2. A10.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A10.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
part number designator in Table A10.3.
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
A10.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A10.2).
Table A10.4.

FIG. A10.1 Bearing Configuration

44
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A10.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A10.3 Closures
Outer Inner PN Des Number Type
Dash Bore OD Ring Ring Radius
N none none
No. d D Width Width rA
A one shieldA
C B
C two shieldA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.0937 0.003 D one sealB
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.1250 0.003 E one sealC
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.1094 0.003 H two sealB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 J two sealC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.1719 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.0937 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.1250 0.003
snap rings.
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 B
Synthetic rubber.
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.003 C
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.003
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.1406 0.003
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 TABLE A10.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.003
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.1719 0.005 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.1875 0.012 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.012
-HE 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.2272 0.012 TABLE A10.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.1562 0.005
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.2188 0.005 N no calibration no calibration
-JD 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.2272 0.012 A no calibration 0.00010
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
A C 0.00010 no calibration
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
D 0.00010 0.00010
E 0.00010 0.00005
TABLE A10.2 Retainer F 0.00005 no calibration
G 0.00005 0.00010
PN Des Type H 0.00005 0.00005
0 no retainer, full complement
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 crownB
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

45
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A10.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A10.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A10.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A10.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

46
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A10.2 Part Number

47
F 2332 – 06

A11. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
UNFLANGED, INNER RING EXTENDED, CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 5P

A11.1 Requirements A11.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A11.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A11.5.
tion sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, unflanged, A11.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
inner ring extended configuration (see Fig. A11.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A11.6.
A11.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A11.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
A11.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
with the specification specified by the part number designator
A11.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A11.7.
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A11.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A11.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A11.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A11.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A11.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A11.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A11.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A11.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A11.2. A11.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A11.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
part number designator in Table A11.3.
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
A11.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A11.2).
Table A11.4.

FIG. A11.1 Bearing Configuration

48
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A11.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A11.3 Closures
Outer Inner PN Des Number Type
Dash Bore OD Ring Ring Radius
N none none
No. d D Width Width rA
A one shieldA
C B
C two shieldA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.0937 0.003 D one sealB
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.1250 0.003 E one sealC
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.1094 0.003 H two sealB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 J two sealC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.1719 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.0937 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.1250 0.003
snap rings.
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 B
Synthetic rubber.
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.003 C
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.003
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.1406 0.003
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 TABLE A11.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.003
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.1719 0.005 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.1875 0.012 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.012
-HE 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.2272 0.012 TABLE A11.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.1562 0.005
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.2188 0.005 N no calibration no calibration
-JD 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.2272 0.012 A no calibration 0.00010
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
A C 0.00010 no calibration
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
D 0.00010 0.00010
E 0.00010 0.00005
TABLE A11.2 Retainer F 0.00005 no calibration
G 0.00005 0.00010
PN Des Type H 0.00005 0.00005
0 no retainer, full complement
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 crownB
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

49
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A11.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A11.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A11.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A11.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

50
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A11.2 Part Number

51
F 2332 – 06

A12. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
UNFLANGED, INNER RING EXTENDED, CORROSIONRESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 7P

A12.1 Requirements A12.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A12.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A12.5.
tion sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, unflanged, A12.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
inner ring extended configuration (see Fig. A12.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A12.6.
A12.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A12.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
A12.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
with the specification specified by the part number designator
A12.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A12.7.
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A12.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A12.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A12.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A12.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A12.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A12.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A12.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A12.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A12.2. A12.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A12.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
part number designator in Table A12.3.
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
A12.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A12.2).
Table A12.4.

FIG. A12.1 Bearing Configuration

52
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A12.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A12.3 Closures
Outer Inner PN Des Number Type
Dash Bore OD Ring Ring Radius
N one none
No. d D Width Width rA
A one shieldA
C B
C two shieldA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.0937 0.003 D one sealB
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.1250 0.003 E one sealC
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.1094 0.003 H two sealB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 J two sealC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.1719 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.0937 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.1250 0.003
snap rings.
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 B
Synthetic rubber.
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.003 C
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.003
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.1406 0.003
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 TABLE A12.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.003
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.1719 0.005 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.1875 0.012 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.012
-HE 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.2272 0.012 TABLE A12.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.003
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.1562 0.005
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.2188 0.005 N no calibration no calibration
-JD 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.2272 0.012 A no calibration 0.00010
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
A C 0.00010 no calibration
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
D 0.00010 0.00010
E 0.00010 0.00005
TABLE A12.2 Retainer F 0.00005 no calibration
G 0.00005 0.00010
PN Des Type H 0.00005 0.00005
0 no retainer, full complement
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 crownB
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 acuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nNonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

53
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A12.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A12.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A12.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A12.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

54
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A12.2 Part Number

55
F 2332 – 06

A13. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
FLANGED, INNER RING EXTENDED, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 5P

A13.1 Requirements A13.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A13.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A13.5.
tion sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, flanged, A13.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
inner ring extended configuration (see Fig. A13.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A13.6.
A13.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A13.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
A13.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444.
with the specification specified by the part number designator
A13.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A13.7.
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A13.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A13.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A13.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A13.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A13.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A13.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A13.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A13.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A13.2. A13.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A13.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
part number designator in Table A13.3.
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
A13.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A13.2).
Table A13.4.

FIG. A13.1 Bearing Configuration

56
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A13.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A13.3 Closures
Outer Inner PN Des Number Type Locations
Ring Flange Flange
Dash Bore Ring Ring Radius
OD OD Width N none none
No. d Width Width rA
D D1 C1 A one shieldA normalB
C B
B one shieldA oppositeC
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.0937 0.203 0.013 0.003 C two shieldA
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.1250 0.203 0.031 0.003 D one sealD normalB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.1094 0.234 0.023 0.003 E one sealE normalB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.1406 0.234 0.031 0.003 F one sealD oppositeC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.296 0.023 0.003 G one sealE oppositeC
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.1719 0.296 0.031 0.003 H two sealD
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.0938 0.234 0.018 0.003 J two sealE
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.1250 0.234 0.031 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.234 0.031 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.296 0.023 0.003
snap rings.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 B
On flange side.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 C
On side opposite flange.
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.359 0.031 0.003 D
Synthetic rubber.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.1406 0.422 0.023 0.005 E
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.1719 0.422 0.031 0.005
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.1875 0.440 0.030 0.012
-HA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A13.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-HB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.359 0.036 0.003
-JA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-JB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.359 0.036 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-JC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.023 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-JD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-JE 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.565 0.042 0.012 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-JF 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.2272 0.565 0.042 0.012 9 As specified in contract
-KA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.023 0.003
-KB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.036 0.003
-KC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.1562 0.547 0.023 0.005
-KD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.2188 0.547 0.045 0.005 TABLE A13.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-KE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.2272 0.690 0.042 0.012
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
N no calibration no calibration
A no calibration 0.00010
TABLE A13.2 Retainer B no calibration 0.00005
C 0.00010 no calibration
PN Des Type D 0.00010 0.00010
0 no retainer, full complement E 0.00010 0.00005
1 manufacturer’s standardA F 0.00005 no calibration
2 crownB G 0.00005 0.00010
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB H 0.00005 0.00005
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

57
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A13.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A13.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A13.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A13.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

58
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A13.2 Part Number

59
F 2332 – 06

A14. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
FLANGED, INNER RING EXTENDED, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 7P

A14.1 Requirements A14.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A14.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A14.5.
tion sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, flanged, A14.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
inner ring extended configuration (see Fig. A14.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A14.6.
A14.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A14.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
A14.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444.
with the specification specified by the part number designator
A14.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A14.7.
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A14.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A14.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A14.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A14.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A14.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A14.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A14.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A14.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A14.2. A14.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A14.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
part number designator in Table A14.3.
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
A14.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A14.2).
Table A14.4.

FIG. A14.1 Bearing Configuration

60
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A14.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A14.3 Closures
Outer Inner PN Des Number Type Locations
Ring Flange Flange
Dash Bore Ring Ring Radius
OD OD Width N none none
No. d Width Width rA
D D1 C1 A one shieldA normalB
C B
B one shieldA oppositeC
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.0937 0.203 0.013 0.003 C two shieldA
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.1250 0.203 0.031 0.003 D one sealD normalB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.1094 0.234 0.023 0.003 E one sealE normalB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.1406 0.234 0.031 0.003 F one sealD oppositeC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.296 0.023 0.003 G one sealE oppositeC
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.1719 0.296 0.031 0.003 H two sealD
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.0938 0.234 0.018 0.003 J two sealE
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.1250 0.234 0.031 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.234 0.031 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.296 0.023 0.003
snap rings.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 B
On flange side.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 C
On side opposite flange.
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.359 0.031 0.003 D
Synthetic rubber.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.1406 0.422 0.023 0.005 E
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.1719 0.422 0.031 0.005
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.1875 0.440 0.030 0.012
-HA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A14.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-HB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.359 0.036 0.003
-JA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-JB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.359 0.036 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-JC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.023 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-JD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-JE 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.565 0.042 0.012 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-JF 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.2272 0.565 0.042 0.012 9 As specified in contract
-KA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.023 0.003
-KB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.036 0.003
-KC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.1562 0.547 0.023 0.005
-KD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.2188 0.547 0.045 0.005 TABLE A14.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-KE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.2272 0.690 0.042 0.012
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
N no calibration no calibration
A no calibration 0.00010
TABLE A14.2 Retainer B no calibration 0.00005
C 0.00010 no calibration
PN Des Type D 0.00010 0.00010
0 no retainer, full complement E 0.00010 0.00005
1 manufacturer’s standardA F 0.00005 no calibration
2 crownB G 0.00005 0.00010
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB H 0.00005 0.00005
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

61
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A14.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A14.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A14.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A14.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

62
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A14.2 Part Number

63
F 2332 – 06

A15. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
FLANGED, INNER RING EXTENDED, CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 5P

A15.1 Requirements A15.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A15.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A15.5.
tion sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, flanged, A15.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
inner ring extended configuration (see Fig. A15.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A15.6.
A15.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A15.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
A15.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
with the specification specified by the part number designator
A15.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A15.7.
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A15.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A15.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A15.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A15.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A15.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A15.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A15.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A15.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A15.2. A15.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A15.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
part number designator in Table A15.3.
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
A15.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A15.2).
Table A15.4.

FIG. A15.1 Bearing Configuration

64
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A15.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A15.3 Closures
Outer Inner PN Des Number Type Locations
Ring Flange Flange
Dash Bore Ring Ring Radius
OD OD Width N none none
No. d Width Width rA
D D1 C1 A one shieldA normalB
C B
B one shieldA oppositeC
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.0937 0.203 0.013 0.003 C two shieldA
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.1250 0.203 0.031 0.003 D one sealD normalB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.1094 0.234 0.023 0.003 E one sealE normalB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.1406 0.234 0.031 0.003 F one sealD oppositeC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.296 0.023 0.003 G one sealE oppositeC
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.1719 0.296 0.031 0.003 H two sealD
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.0938 0.234 0.018 0.003 J two sealE
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.1250 0.234 0.031 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.234 0.031 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.296 0.023 0.003
snap rings.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 B
On flange side.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 C
On side opposite flange.
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.359 0.031 0.003 D
Synthetic rubber.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.1406 0.422 0.023 0.005 E
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.1719 0.422 0.031 0.005
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.1875 0.440 0.030 0.012
-HA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A15.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-HB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.359 0.036 0.003
-JA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-JB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.359 0.036 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-JC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.023 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-JD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-JE 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.565 0.042 0.012 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-JF 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.2272 0.565 0.042 0.012 9 As specified in contract
-KA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.023 0.003
-KB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.036 0.003
-KC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.1562 0.547 0.023 0.005
-KD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.2188 0.547 0.045 0.005 TABLE A15.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-KE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.2272 0.690 0.042 0.012
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
N no calibration no calibration
A no calibration 0.00010
TABLE A15.2 Retainer B no calibration 0.00005
C 0.00010 no calibration
PN Des Type D 0.00010 0.00010
0 no retainer, full complement E 0.00010 0.00005
1 manufacturer’s standardA F 0.00005 no calibration
2 crownB G 0.00005 0.00010
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB H 0.00005 0.00005
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

65
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A15.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A15.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A15.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A15.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

66
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A15.2 Part Number

67
F 2332 – 06

A16. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, DEEP GROOVE,
FLANGED, INNER RING EXTENDED, CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 7P

A16.1 Requirements A16.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A16.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A16.5.
tion sheet shall be deep groove instrument bearings, flanged, A16.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
inner ring extended configuration (see Fig. A16.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A16.6.
A16.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A16.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
A16.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
with the specification specified by the part number designator
A16.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A16.7.
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A16.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A16.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A16.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A16.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A16.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A16.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A16.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A16.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A16.2. A16.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A16.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
part number designator in Table A16.3.
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
A16.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A16.2).
Table A16.4.

FIG. A16.1 Bearing Configuration

68
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A16.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A16.3 Closures
Outer Inner PN Des Number Type Locations
Ring Flange Flange
Dash Bore Ring Ring Radius
OD OD Width N none none
No. d Width Width rA
D D1 C1 A one shieldA normalB
C B
B one shieldA oppositeC
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.0937 0.203 0.013 0.003 C two shieldA
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.1250 0.203 0.031 0.003 D one sealD normalB
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.1094 0.234 0.023 0.003 E one sealE normalB
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.1406 0.234 0.031 0.003 F one sealD oppositeC
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.296 0.023 0.003 G one sealE oppositeC
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.1719 0.296 0.031 0.003 H two sealD
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.0938 0.234 0.018 0.003 J two sealE
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.1250 0.234 0.031 0.003 A
Corrosion-resistant steel conforming to Specification A 580/A 580M, Condition
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003
A; Specification A 240/A 240M; Specification A 756; or Specification A 666 (for
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.234 0.031 0.003
shield) and Specification A 313/A 313M, Type 302, Class 1, or SAE-AMS 5688 for
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.1250 0.296 0.023 0.003
snap rings.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 B
On flange side.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 C
On side opposite flange.
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.1719 0.359 0.031 0.003 D
Synthetic rubber.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.1406 0.422 0.023 0.005 E
Glass fiber (polytetrafluoroethylene) or other inert fiber.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.1719 0.422 0.031 0.005
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.1875 0.440 0.030 0.012
-HA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A16.4 Radial Internal Clearance
-HB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.359 0.036 0.003
-JA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.1406 0.359 0.023 0.003 PN Des Range, in.
-JB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.1562 0.359 0.036 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003
-JC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.023 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005
-JD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008
-JE 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.1875 0.565 0.042 0.012 8 0.0008 to 0.0011
-JF 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.2272 0.565 0.042 0.012 9 As specified in contract
-KA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.023 0.003
-KB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.1562 0.422 0.036 0.003
-KC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.1562 0.547 0.023 0.005
-KD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.2188 0.547 0.045 0.005 TABLE A16.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-KE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.2272 0.690 0.042 0.012
PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
N no calibration no calibration
A no calibration 0.00010
TABLE A16.2 Retainer B no calibration 0.00005
C 0.00010 no calibration
PN Des Type D 0.00010 0.00010
0 no retainer, full complement E 0.00010 0.00005
1 manufacturer’s standardA F 0.00005 no calibration
2 crownB G 0.00005 0.00010
3 ribbon, tight-clinchedB H 0.00005 0.00005
4 ribbon, loose-clinchedC
5 PTFE tube separatorD

7 phenolic laminateE,F
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicF,G
9 nonporous, nonmetallic crownF
A
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel crown or two-piece pressed
corrosion-resistant steel ribbon.
B
One-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
C
Two-piece pressed corrosion-resistant steel.
D
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
E
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
F
Used for high-speed applications.
G
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.

69
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A16.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A16.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A16.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A16.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

70
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A16.2 Part Number

71
F 2332 – 06

A17. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND COUNTERBORED OUTER RING, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 5P

A17.1 Requirements A17.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A17.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A17.5.
tion sheet shall be angular contact instrument bearings, un- A17.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
flanged, nonseparable, and counterbored outer ring configura- as specified by the part number designator in Table A17.6.
tion (see Fig. A17.1). A17.1.10 Lubrication:
A17.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A17.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
with the specification specified by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444.
in Table A17.7.
A17.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA A17.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A17.1. A17.8.
A17.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A17.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A17.1. in Table A17.7.
A17.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A17.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A17.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A17.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
part number designator in Table A17.3.
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
A17.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A17.2).
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
Table A17.4.

FIG. A17.1 Bearing Configuration

72
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A17.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A17.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 6 PTFE toroidsA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 7 phenolic laminateB,C
-BC 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 A
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
Phenolic or other porous non-metallic material.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 C
Used for high-speed applications.
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 D
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.2500 0.0625 0.003
-ED 0.0937 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A17.3 Closures
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 N none none
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A17.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
PN Des Range
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 3 14° or lessA
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 TABLE A17.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MB 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

73
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A17.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A17.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in the contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A17.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A17.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

74
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A17.2 Part Number

75
F 2332 – 06

A18. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND COUNTERBORED OUTER RING, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 7P

A18.1 Requirements A18.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A18.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A18.5.
tion sheet shall be angular contact instrument bearings, un- A18.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
flanged, nonseparable, and counterbored outer ring configura- as specified by the part number designator in Table A18.6.
tion (see Fig. A18.1). A18.1.10 Lubrication:
A18.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A18.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
with the specification specified by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444.
in Table A18.7.
A18.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA A18.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A18.1. A18.8.
A18.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A18.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A18.1. in Table A18.7.
A18.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A18.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A18.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A18.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
part number designator in Table A18.3.
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
A18.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A18.2).
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
Table A18.4.

FIG. A18.1 Bearing Configuration

76
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A18.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A18.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 6 PTFE toroidsA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 7 phenolic laminateB,C
-BC 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 A
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
Phenolic or other porous non-metallic material.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 C
Used for high-speed applications.
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 D
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.2500 0.0625 0.003
-ED 0.0937 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A18.3 Closures
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 N none none
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A18.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
PN Des Range
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 3 14° or lessA
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 TABLE A18.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MB 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

77
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A18.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 nanufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A18.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A18.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A18.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

78
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A18.2 Part Number

79
F 2332 – 06

A19. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND COUNTERBORED OUTER RING, CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL,
ABEC 5P

A19.1 Requirements A19.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A19.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A19.5.
tion sheet shall be angular contact instrument bearings, un- A19.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
flanged, nonseparable, and counterbored outer ring configura- as specified by the part number designator in Table A19.6.
tion (see Fig. A19.1). A19.1.10 Lubrication:
A19.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A19.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
with the specification specified by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
in Table A19.7.
A19.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA A19.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A19.1. A19.8.
A19.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A19.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A19.1. in Table A19.7.
A19.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A19.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A19.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A19.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
part number designator in Table A19.3.
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
A19.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A19.2).
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
Table A19.4.

FIG. A19.1 Bearing Configuration

80
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A19.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A19.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 6 PTFE toroidsA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 7 phenolic laminateB,C
-BC 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 A
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
Phenolic or other porous non-metallic material.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 C
Used for high-speed applications.
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 D
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.2500 0.0625 0.003
-ED 0.0937 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A19.3 Closures
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 N none none
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A19.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
PN Des Range
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 3 14° or lessA
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 TABLE A19.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MB 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

81
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A19.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A19.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A19.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A19.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

82
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A19.2 Part Number

83
F 2332 – 06

A20. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND COUNTERBORED OUTER RING, CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL,
ABEC 7P

A20.1 Requirements A20.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A20.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A20.5.
tion sheet shall be angular contact instrument bearings, un- A20.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
flanged, nonseparable, and counterbored outer ring configura- as specified by the part number designator in Table A20.6.
tion (see Fig. A20.1). A20.1.10 Lubrication:
A20.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A20.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
with the specification specified by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
in Table A20.7.
A20.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA A20.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A20.1. A20.8.
A20.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A20.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A20.1. in Table A20.7.
A20.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A20.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A20.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A20.1.6 Closures—The closures shall be as specified by the
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
part number designator in Table A20.3.
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
A20.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance—The radial internal
mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A20.2).
clearance shall be as specified by the part number designator in
Table A20.4.

FIG. A20.1 Bearing Configuration

84
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A20.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A20.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 6 PTFE toroidsA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 7 phenolic laminateB,C
-BC 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 A
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
Phenolic or other porous non-metallic material.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 C
Used for high-speed applications.
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 D
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.2500 0.0625 0.003
-ED 0.0937 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A20.3 Closures
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 N none none
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A20.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
PN Des Range
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 3 14° or lessA
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 TABLE A20.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MB 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

85
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A20.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A20.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A20.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A20.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

86
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A20.2 Part Number

87
F 2332 – 06

A21. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, FLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND COUNTERBORED OUTER RING ON FLANGE SIDE, CHROMIUM ALLOY
STEEL, ABEC 5P

A21.1 Requirements A21.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A21.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A21.5.
tion sheet shall be angular contact instrument bearings with a A21.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
flanged, nonseparable, and counterbored outer ring on the as specified by the part number designator in Table A21.6.
flange side (see Fig. A21.1). A21.1.10 Lubrication:
A21.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A21.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
with the specification specified by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444.
in Table A21.7.
A21.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA A21.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A21.1. A21.8.
A21.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A21.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A21.1. in Table A21.7.
A21.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A21.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A21.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A21.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
Table A21.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A21.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A21.2).
by the part number designator in Table A21.4.

FIG. A21.1 Bearing Configuration

88
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A21.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A21.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
Flange Flange Radius PN Des Range
Dash Bore OD Width
OD Width rA,B
No. d D C 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
D1 C1
2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.031 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A21.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.005 C 0.00010 no calibration
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.005 D 0.00010 0.00010
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012 E 0.00010 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A21.6 Performance Test
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
PN Des Type
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standard
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005 2 starting torqueA
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005 A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016 TABLE A21.7 Lubricant
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 PN Des Specification
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 P preservativeA
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear. A MIL-PRF-6085
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed B MIL-PRF-6085B
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches. C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
TABLE A21.2 Retainer F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
PN Des Type
H MIL-PRF-83261
0 no retainer, full complement J MIL-S-81087C
6 PTFE toroidsA K MIL-S-81087C
7 phenolic-type laminateB,C L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
9 nonporous, nonmetallicC N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
A Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
B R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
Phenolic or other porous non-metallic material.
C S As specified in contract
Used for high-speed applications.
D A
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec- PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A21.8.
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant. B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A21.3 Closures


PN Des Number Type
N none none

89
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A21.8 Lubricant Amount
PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

FIG. A21.2 Part Number

90
F 2332 – 06

A22. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, FLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND COUNTERBORED OUTER RING ON FLANGE SIDE, CHROMIUM ALLOY
STEEL, ABEC 7P

A22.1 Requirements A22.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The


radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified
A22.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica-
by the part number designator in Table A22.4.
tion sheet shall be angular contact instrument bearings with a
A22.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified
flanged, nonseparable, and counterbored outer ring on the
by the part number designator in Table A22.5.
flange side (see Fig. A22.1). A22.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
A22.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these as specified by the part number designator in Table A22.6.
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986) A22.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444. A22.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A22.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A22.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A22.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A22.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A22.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A22.8.
A22.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table
applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A22.1.
in Table A22.7.
A22.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A22.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A22.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A22.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A22.3. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A22.2).

FIG. A22.1 Bearing Configuration

91
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A22.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A22.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
Flange Flange Radius PN Des Range
Dash Bore OD Width
OD Width rA,B
No. d D C 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
D1 C1
2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.031 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A22.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.005 C 0.00010 no calibration
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.005 D 0.00010 0.00010
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012 E 0.00010 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A22.6 Performance Test
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
PN Des Type
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standard
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005 2 starting torqueA
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005 A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016 TABLE A22.7 Lubricant
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 PN Des Specification
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 P preservativeA
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear. A MIL-PRF-6085
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed B MIL-PRF-6085B
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches. C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
TABLE A22.2 Retainer F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
PN Des Type
H MIL-PRF-83261
0 no retainer, full complement J MIL-S-81087C
6 PTFE toroidsA K MIL-S-81087C
7 phenolic-type laminateB,C L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
9 nonporous, nonmetallicC N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
A Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
B R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
Phenolic or other porous non-metallic material.
C S As specified in contract
Used for high-speed applications.
D A
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec- PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A22.8.
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant. B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A22.3 Closures


PN Des Number Type
N none none

92
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A22.8 Lubricant Amount
PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

FIG. A22.2 Part Number

93
F 2332 – 06

A23. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, FLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND COUNTERBORED OUTER RING ON FLANGE SIDE, CORROSION-
RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 5P

A23.1 Requirements A23.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A23.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica- by the part number designator in Table A23.5.
tion sheet shall be angular contact instrument bearings with a A23.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
flanged, nonseparable, and counterbored outer ring on the as specified by the part number designator in Table A23.6.
flange side (see Fig. A23.1). A23.1.10 Lubrication:
A23.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A23.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
with the specification specified by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
in Table A23.7.
A23.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA A23.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A23.1. A23.8.
A23.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A23.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A23.1. in Table A23.7.
A23.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A23.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A23.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A23.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be as shown in
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
Table A23.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A23.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A23.2).
by the part number designator in Table A23.4.

FIG. A23.1 Bearing Configuration

94
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A23.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A23.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
Flange Flange PN Des Range
Dash Bore OD Width Radius
OD Width
No. d D C rA,B 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
D1 C1
2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.031 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A23.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.005 C 0.00010 no calibration
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.005 D 0.00010 0.00010
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012 E 0.00010 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 H 0.000 05 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A23.6 Performance Test
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
PN Des Type
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standard
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005 2 starting torqueA
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005 A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016 TABLE A23.7 Lubricant
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 PN Des Specification
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 P preservativeA
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear. A MIL-PRF-6085
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed B MIL-PRF-6085B
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches. C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
TABLE A23.2 Retainer F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
PN Des Type
H MIL-PRF-83261
0 no retainer, full complement J MIL-S-81087C
6 PTFE toroidsA K MIL-S-81087C
7 phenolic-type laminateB,C L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
9 nonporous, nonmetallicC N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
A Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
B R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
C S As specified in contract
Used for high-speed applications.
D A
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec- PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A23.8.
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant. B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A23.3 Closures


PN Des Number Type
N none none

95
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A23.8 Lubricant Amount
PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

FIG. A23.2 Part Number

96
F 2332 – 06

A24. ANNULAR BALL BEARINGS FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, FLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND COUNTERBORED OUTER RING ON FLANGE SIDE, CORROSION-
RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 7P

A24.1 Requirements A24.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The


radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified
A24.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this specifica-
by the part number designator in Table A24.4.
tion sheet shall be angular contact instrument bearings with a
A24.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified
flanged, nonseparable, and counterbored outer ring on the
by the part number designator in Table A24.5.
flange side (see Fig. A24.1). A24.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
A24.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these as specified by the part number designator in Table A24.6.
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004) A24.1.10 Lubrication:
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763. A24.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
A24.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in with the specification specified by the part number designator
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA in Table A24.7.
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A24.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A24.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A24.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A24.8.
A24.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table
applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A24.1.
in Table A24.7.
A24.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A24.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A24.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A24.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in retainer, closures, radial internal clearance, calibration, perfor-
Table A24.3. mance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount (see Fig. A24.2).

FIG. A24.1 Bearing Configuration

97
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A24.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A24.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
Flange Flange PN Des Range
Dash Bore OD Width Radius
OD Width
No. d D C rA,B 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
D1 C1
2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.031 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A24.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.005 C 0.00010 no calibration
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.005 D 0.00010 0.00010
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012 E 0.00010 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A24.6 Performance Test
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
PN Des Type
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standard
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005 2 starting torqueA
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005 A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016 TABLE A24.7 Lubricant
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 PN Des Specification
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 P preservativeA
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear. A MIL-PRF-6085
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed B MIL-PRF-6085B
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches. C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
TABLE A24.2 Retainer F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
PN Des Type
H MIL-PRF-83261
0 no retainer, full complement J MIL-S-81087C
6 PTFE toroidsA K MIL-S-81087C
7 Pphenolic-type laminateB,C L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
9 nonporous, nonmetallicC N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
A Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
B R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
C S As specified in contract
Used for high-speed applications.
D A
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec- PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A24.8.
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant. B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A24.3 Closures


PN Des Number Type
N none none

98
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A24.8 Lubricant Amount
PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

FIG. A24.2 Part Number

99
F 2332 – 06

A25. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, SEPARABLE AND STEPPED INNER RING, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 5P

A25.1 Requirements A25.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A25.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A25.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with an unflanged, A25.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
separable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. as specified by the part number designator in Table A25.6.
A25.1). A25.1.10 Lubrication:
A25.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A25.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444.
in Table A25.7.
A25.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA A25.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A25.1. A25.8.
A25.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A25.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A25.1. in Table A25.7.
A25.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A25.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A25.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A25.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
Table A25.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A25.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A25.2).
by the part number designator in Table A25.4.

FIG. A25.1 Bearing Configuration

100
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A25.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A25.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
7 phenolic-type laminateA,B
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicB,C
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicB
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 A
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 B
Used for high-speed applications.
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 C
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003 TABLE A25.3 Closures
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 N none none
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A25.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
PN Des Range
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 6 greater than 20°A
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A25.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 N no calibration no calibration
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010 A no calibration 0.00010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MG 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

101
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A25.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A25.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A25.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A25.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

102
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A25.2 Part Number

103
F 2332 – 06

A26. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, SEPARABLE AND STEPPED INNER RING, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 7P

A26.1 Requirements A26.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A26.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A26.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with an unflanged, A26.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
separable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. as specified by the part number designator in Table A26.6.
A26.1). A26.1.10 Lubrication:
A26.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A26.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS 6444.
in Table A26.7.
A26.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA A26.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A26.1. A26.8.
A26.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A26.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A26.1. in Table A26.7.
A26.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A26.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A26.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A26.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
Table A26.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A26.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A26.2).
by the part number designator in Table A26.4.

FIG. A26.1 Bearing Configuration

104
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A26.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A26.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
7 phenolic-type laminateA,B
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicB,C
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicB
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 A
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 B
Used for high-speed applications.
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 C
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003 TABLE A26.3 Closures
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 N none none
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A26.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
PN Des Range
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 6 greater than 20°A
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A26.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 N no calibration no calibration
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010 A no calibration 0.00010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MG 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

105
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A26.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A26.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A26.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A26.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

106
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A26.2 Part Number

107
F 2332 – 06

A27. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, SEPARABLE AND STEPPED INNER RING, CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 5P

A27.1 Requirements A27.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A27.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A27.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with an unflanged, A27.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
separable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. as specified by the part number designator in Table A27.6.
A27.1). A27.1.10 Lubrication:
A27.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A27.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
in Table A27.7.
A27.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA A27.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A27.1. A27.8.
A27.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A27.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A27.1. in Table A27.7.
A27.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A27.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A27.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A27.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall not be used as
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
shown in Table A27.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A27.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A27.2).
by the part number designator in Table A27.4.

FIG. A27.1 Bearing Configuration

108
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A27.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A27.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
7 phenolic-type laminateA,B
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicB,C
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicB
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 A
Phenolic or other porous non-metallic material.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 B
Used for high-speed applications.
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 C
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003 TABLE A27.3 Closures
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 N none none
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A27.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
PN Des Range
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 6 greater than 20°A
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A27.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 N no calibration no calibration
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010 A no calibration 0.00010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MG 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

109
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A27.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A27.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A27.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A27.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

110
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A27.2 Part Number

111
F 2332 – 06

A28. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, SEPARABLE AND STEPPED INNER RING, CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 7P

A28.1 Requirements A28.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A28.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A28.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with an unflanged, A28.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
separable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. as specified by the part number designator in Table A28.6.
A26.1). A28.1.10 Lubrication:
A28.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A28.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
in Table A28.7.
A28.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA A28.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A28.1. A28.8.
A28.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A28.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A28.1. in Table A28.7.
A28.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A28.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A28.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A28.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
Table A28.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A28.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A28.2).
by the part number designator in Table A28.4.

FIG. A28.1 Bearing Configuration

112
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A28.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A28.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
7 phenolic-type laminateA,B
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicB,C
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicB
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 A
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 B
Used for high-speed applications.
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 C
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003 TABLE A28.3 Closures
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 N none none
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A28.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
PN Des Range
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 6 greater than 20°A
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 TABLE A28.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 N no calibration no calibration
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010 A no calibration 0.00010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MG 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

113
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A28.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A28.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A28.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A28.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

114
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A28.2 Part Number

115
F 2332 – 06

A29. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, FLANGED, SEPARABLE, AND STEPPED INNER RING, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 5P

A29.1 Requirements A29.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A29.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A29.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with a flanged, sepa- A29.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
rable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. A29.1). as indicated by the part number designator in Table A29.6.
A29.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A29.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100(UNS G52986)
A29.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS-6444.
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
A29.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A29.7.
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A29.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A29.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A29.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A29.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A29.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A29.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A29.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A29.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A29.2. A29.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A29.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
Table A29.3.
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
A29.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified
by the part number designator in Table A29.4. (see Fig. A29.2).

FIG. A29.1 Bearing Configuration

116
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A29.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A29.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
Flange Flange PN Des Range
Dash Bore OD Width Radius
OD Width
No. d D C rA,B 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
D1 C1
2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.031 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A29.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.033 D 0.00010 0.00010
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012 E 0.00010 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-GD 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012 TABLE A29.6 Performance Test
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003
PN Des Type
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standard
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003 2 starting torqueA
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005 A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005 TABLE A29.7 Lubricant
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016 PN Des Specification
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 P preservativeA
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 A MIL-PRF-6085
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear. B MIL-PRF-6085B
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed C DOD-L-81846
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches. D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
TABLE A29.2 Retainer G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
PN Des Type
J MIL-S-81087C
7 phenolic-type laminateA,B K MIL-S-81087C
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicB,C L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
9 nonporous, nonmetallicB M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
A N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
B Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
Used for high-speed applications.
C R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
S As specified in contract
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A29.8.
B
With barrier coat.
TABLE A29.3 Closures C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.
PN Des Number Type
N none none

117
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A29.8 Lubricant Amount
PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

FIG. A29.2 Part Number

118
F 2332 – 06

A30. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, FLANGED, SEPARABLE, AND STEPPED INNER RING, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 7P

A30.1 Requirements A30.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A30.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A30.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with a flanged, sepa- A30.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
rable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. A30.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A30.6.
A30.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A30.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
A30.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS-6444.
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
A30.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A30.7.
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A30.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A30.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A30.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A30.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A30.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A30.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A30.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A30.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A30.2. A30.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A30.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
Table A30.3.
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
A30.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified
by the part number designator in Table A30.4. (see Fig. A30.2).

FIG. A30.1 Bearing Configuration

119
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A30.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A30.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
Flange Flange PN Des Range
Dash Bore OD Width Radius
OD Width
No. d D C rA,B 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
D1 C1
2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.031 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A30.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.033 D 0.00010 0.00010
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012 E 0.00010 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 F 0.000 05 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-GD 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012 TABLE A30.6 Performance Test
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003
PN Des Type
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standard
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003 2 starting torqueA
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005 A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005 TABLE A30.7 Lubricant
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016 PN Des Specification
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 P preservativeA
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 A MIL-PRF-6085
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear. B MIL-PRF-6085B
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one-half the value listed C DOD-L-81846
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches. D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
TABLE A30.2 Retainer G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
PN Des Type
J MIL-S-81087C
7 phenolic-type laminateA,B K MIL-S-81087C
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicB,C L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
9 nonporous, nonmetallicB M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
A N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
B Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
Used for high-speed applications.
C R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
S As specified in contract
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A30.8.
B
With barrier coat.
TABLE A30.3 Closures C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.
PN Des Number Type
N none none

120
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A30.8 Lubricant Amount
PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

FIG. A30.2 Part Number

121
F 2332 – 06

A31. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, FLANGED, SEPARABLE, AND STEPPED INNER RING, CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 5P

A31.1 Requirements A31.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A31.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A31.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with a flanged, sepa- A31.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
rable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. A31.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A31.6.
A31.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A31.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
A31.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
A31.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A31.7.
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A31.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A31.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A31.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A31.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A31.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A31.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A31.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A31.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A31.2. A31.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A31.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
Table A31.3.
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
A31.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified
by the part number designator in Table A31.4. (see Fig. A31.2).

FIG. A31.1 Bearing Configuration

122
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A31.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A31.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
Flange Flange PN Des Range
Dash Bore OD Width Radius
OD Width
No. d D C rA,B 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
D1 C1
2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.031 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A31.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.033 D 0.00010 0.00010
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012 E 0.00010 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-GD 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012 TABLE A31.6 Performance Test
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003
PN Des Type
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standard
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003 2 starting torqueA
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005 A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005 TABLE A31.7 Lubricant
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016 PN Des Specification
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 P preservativeA
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 A MIL-PRF-6085
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear. B MIL-PRF-6085B
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed C DOD-L-81846
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches. D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
TABLE A31.2 Retainer G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
PN Des Type
J MIL-S-81087C
7 phenolic-type laminateA,B K MIL-S-81087C
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicB,C L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
9 nonporous, nonmetallicB M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
A N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
B Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
Used for high-speed applications.
C R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
S As specified in contract
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A31.8.
B
With barrier coat.
TABLE A31.3 Closures C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.
PN Des Number Type
N none none

123
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A31.8 Lubricant Amount
PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

FIG. A31.2 Part Number

124
F 2332 – 06

A32. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, FLANGED, SEPARABLE, AND STEPPED INNER RING, CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 7P

A32.1 Requirements A32.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A32.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A32.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with a flanged, sepa- A32.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
rable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. A32.1). as specified by the part number designator in Table A32.6.
A32.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these A32.1.10 Lubrication:
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
A32.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
A32.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
in Table A32.7.
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing A32.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
sizes listed in Table A32.1. shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
A32.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A32.8.
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table A32.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
A32.1. applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A32.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the in Table A32.7.
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A32.2. A32.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
A32.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
of bearing. Part number designation N shall be used as shown
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
in Table A32.3.
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
A32.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified
by the part number designator in Table A32.4. (see Fig. A32.2).

FIG. A32.1 Bearing Configuration

125
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A32.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A32.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
Flange Flange PN Des Ranges
Dash Bore OD Width Radius
OD Width
No. d D C rA,B 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
D1 C1
2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.171 0.013 0.003 3 14° or lessA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.203 0.013 0.003 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.203 0.031 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.234 0.031 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.234 0.031 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.296 0.031 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.234 0.018 0.003
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.234 0.031 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 TABLE A32.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.296 0.023 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.296 0.031 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.359 0.031 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.422 0.023 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.422 0.031 0.033 D 0.00010 0.00010
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.440 0.030 0.012 E 0.00010 0.00005
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-GD 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HA 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003
-HB 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.031 0.003
-HC 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.565 0.042 0.012
-HD 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.565 0.042 0.012 TABLE A32.6 Performance Test
-HE 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.359 0.023 0.003
PN Des Type
-HF 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.359 0.036 0.003
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.023 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standard
-JB 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.422 0.036 0.003 2 starting torqueA
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.547 0.023 0.005 A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.547 0.045 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.690 0.042 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.547 0.031 0.005 TABLE A32.7 Lubricant
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.969 0.062 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.969 0.062 0.016 PN Des Specification
-MA 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 1.225 0.062 0.016 P preservativeA
-MB 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 1.225 0.062 0.016 A MIL-PRF-6085
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear. B MIL-PRF-6085B
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed C DOD-L-81846
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches. D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
TABLE A32.2 Retainer G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
PN Des Type
J MIL-S-81087C
7 phenolic-type laminateA,B K MIL-S-81087C
8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicB,C L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
9 nonporous, nonmetallicB M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
A N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
B Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
Used for high-speed applications.
C R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
S As specified in contract
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A32.8.
B
With barrier coat.
TABLE A32.3 Closures C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.
PN Des Number Type
N none none

126
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A32.8 Lubricant Amount
PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

FIG. A32.2 Part Number

127
F 2332 – 06

A33. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND STEPPED INNER RING, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 5P

A33.1 Requirements A33.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A33.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A33.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with an unflanged, A33.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
nonseparable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. as specified by the part number designator in Table A33.6.
A33.1). A33.1.10 Lubrication:
A33.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A33.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS-6444.
in Table A33.7.
A33.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA A33.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A33.1. A33.8.
A33.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A33.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A33.1. in Table A33.7.
A33.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A33.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A33.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A33.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
Table A33.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A33.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A33.2).
by the part number designator in Table A33.4.

FIG. A33.1 Bearing Configuration

128
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A33.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A33.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 6 PTFE toroidsA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 7 phenolic-type laminateB,C
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 A
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 C
Used for high-speed applications.
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 D
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 TABLE A33.3 Closures
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 N none none
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A33.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
PN Des Range
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 3 14° or lessA
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FM O.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 TABLE A33.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MG 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

129
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A33.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A33.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A33.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A33.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

130
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A33.2 Part Number

131
F 2332 – 06

A34. ANNULAR BALL BEARING INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, FOR ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND STEPPED INNER RING, CHROMIUM ALLOY STEEL, ABEC 7P

A34.1 Requirements A34.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A34.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A34.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with an unflanged, A34.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
nonseparable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. as specified by the part number designator in Table A34.6.
A34.1). A34.1.10 Lubrication:
A34.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A34.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be chromium-alloy steel 52100 (UNS G52986)
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS-6444.
in Table A34.7.
A34.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA A34.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as specified by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A34.1. A34.8.
A34.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A34.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A34.1. in Table A34.7.
A34.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A34.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A34.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A34.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designation N shall be used as shown
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
in Table A34.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A34.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A34.2).
by the part number designator in Table A34.4.

FIG. A34.1 Bearing Configuration

132
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A34.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A34.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 6 PTFE toroidsA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 7 phenolic-type laminateB,C
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 A
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 C
Used for high-speed applications.
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 D
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 TABLE A34.3 Closures
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 N none none
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A34.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
PN Des Range
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 3 14° or lessA
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 TABLE A34.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MG 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

133
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A34.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A34.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A34.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A34.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

134
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A34.2 Part Number

135
F 2332 – 06

A35. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND STEPPED INNER RING, CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 5P

A35.1 Requirements A35.1.8 Calibration—The calibration shall be as specified


A35.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A35.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with an unflanged, A35.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
nonseparable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. as indicated by the part number designator in Table A35.6.
A35.1). A35.1.10 Lubrication:
A35.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A35.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
in Table A35.7.
A35.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 5P tolerance tables of ABMA A35.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as indicated by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A35.1. A35.8.
A35.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A35.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A35.1. in Table A35.7.
A35.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A35.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A35.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A35.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
Table A35.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A35.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A35.2).
by the part number designator in Table A35.4.

FIG. A35.1 Bearing Configuration

136
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A35.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A35.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 6 PTFE toroidsA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 7 phenolic-type laminateB,C
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 A
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 C
Used for high-speed applications.
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 D
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 TABLE A35.3 Closures
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 N none none
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A35.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
PN Des Range
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 3 14° or lessA
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 TABLE A35.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MG 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

137
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A35.6 Performance Test
PN Des Type
1 manufacturer’s standard
2 starting torqueA
A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.

TABLE A35.7 Lubricant


PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A35.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A35.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

138
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A35.2 Part Number

139
F 2332 – 06

A36. ANNULAR BALL BEARING FOR INSTRUMENTS AND PRECISION ROTATING COMPONENTS, ANGULAR
CONTACT, UNFLANGED, NONSEPARABLE, AND STEPPED INNER RING, CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL, ABEC 7P

A36.1 Requirements A36.1.8 Calibration—The alibration shall be as specified


A36.1.1 Design—All bearings described in this annex shall by the part number designator in Table A36.5.
be angular contact instrument bearings with an unflanged, A36.1.9 Performance Test—The performance test shall be
nonseparable, and stepped inner ring configuration (see Fig. as indicated by the part number designator in Table A36.6.
A36.1). A36.1.10 Lubrication:
A36.1.2 Material—The ball and ring material for these
A36.1.10.1 Lubricant—The lubricant shall be in accordance
bearings shall be corrosion-resistant steel 440C (UNS S44004)
with the specification indicated by the part number designator
conforming to SAE-AMS-QQ-S-763.
in Table A36.7.
A36.1.3 Tolerance Class—The tolerance class shall be in
accordance with the ABEC 7P tolerance tables of ABMA A36.1.10.2 Lubricant Amount—The amount of lubricant
Standard 12.2. This tolerance class shall apply to all bearing shall be as indicated by the part number designator in Table
sizes listed in Table A36.1. A36.8.
A36.1.4 Boundary Dimensions—The boundary dimensions A36.1.10.3 Barrier Coating—The barrier coating shall be
shall be as specified by the dash number (Dash No.) in Table applied to bearings as specified by the part number designator
A36.1. in Table A36.7.
A36.1.5 Retainer—The retainer shall be as specified by the A36.1.11 Part Number—The part number consists of the
part number designator (PN Des) in Table A36.2. following: prefix letter M; general specification number; num-
A36.1.6 Closures—Closures are not available for this type
ber of this specification sheet; dash number; and characters for:
of bearing. Part number designator N shall be used as shown in
retainer, closures, radial internal clearance or contact angle,
Table A36.3.
calibration, performance test, lubricant, and lubricant amount
A36.1.7 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle—The
radial internal clearance or contact angle shall be as specified (see Fig. A36.2).
by the part number designator in Table A36.4.

FIG. A36.1 Bearing Configuration

140
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A36.1 Boundary Dimensions, inches TABLE A36.2 Retainer
Dash Bore OD Width Radius PN Des Type
No. d D C rA,B
0 no retainer, full complement
-AA 0.0400 0.1250 0.0469 0.003 6 PTFE toroidsA
-BA 0.0469 0.1562 0.0625 0.003 7 phenolic-type laminateB,C
-BB 0.0469 0.1562 0.0937 0.003 8 vacuum-impregnated phenolicC,D
-CA 0.0550 0.1875 0.0781 0.003 9 nonporous, nonmetallicC
-CB 0.0550 0.1875 0.1094 0.003 A
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene).
-DA 0.0781 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 B
Phenolic or other porous non-metallic material.
-DB 0.0781 0.2500 0.1406 0.003 C
Used for high-speed applications.
-DC 0.0781 0.2500 0.1094 0.003 D
Phenolic or other porous nonmetallic material saturated with lubricant. Selec-
-EA 0.0937 0.1875 0.0625 0.003
tion of this choice dictates choosing manufacturer’s standard amount of lubricant.
-EB 0.0937 0.1875 0.0937 0.003
-EC 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-ED 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 TABLE A36.3 Closures
-EE 0.0937 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
-EF 0.0937 0.2883 0.0625 0.003 PN Des Number Type
-KG 0.0937 0.3125 0.0625 0.003 N none none
-EH 0.0937 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-EJ 0.0937 0.3125 0.1406 0.003
-EK 0.0937 0.4100 0.1094 0.003
-FA 0.1250 0.2500 0.0937 0.003 TABLE A36.4 Radial Internal Clearance or Contact Angle
-FB 0.1250 0.2500 0.1094 0.003
PN Des Ranges
-FC 0.1250 0.3125 0.1094 0.003
-FD 0.1250 0.3125 0.1406 0.003 1 0.0001 to 0.0003 in.
-FE 0.1250 0.3750 0.1094 0.005 2 0.0003 to 0.0005 in.
-FF 0.1250 0.3750 0.1406 0.005 3 14° or lessA
-FG 0.1250 0.3750 0.1562 0.012 4 greater than 14° but less than 20°A
-FH 0.1250 0.4100 0.0937 0.003 5 0.0005 to 0.0008 in.
-FJ 0.1250 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 6 greater than 20°A
-FK 0.1250 0.4250 0.0937 0.003 8 0.0008 to 0.0011 in.
-FL 0.1250 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 9 As specified in contract
-FM 0.1250 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 A
Angular contact bearing designations only.
-FN 0.1250 0.4375 0.1406 0.003
-FP 0.1250 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-FR 0.1250 0.5000 0.1719 0.012 TABLE A36.5 Calibration of Bore and Outside Diameter (OD)
-FT 0.1250 0.7500 0.1250 0.010
-FV 0.1250 0.3750 0.0937 0.003 PN Des Bore Increments OD Increments
-GA 0.1562 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 N no calibration no calibration
-GB 0.1562 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 A no calibration 0.00010
-HA 0.1875 0.3125 0.1094 0.003 B no calibration 0.00005
-HB 0.1875 0.3125 0.1250 0.003 C 0.00010 no calibration
-HC 0.1875 0.3750 0.1094 0.003 D 0.00010 0.00010
-HD 0.1875 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 E 0.00010 0.00005
-HE 0.1875 0.4100 0.1094 0.003 F 0.00005 no calibration
-HF 0.1875 0.4250 0.1094 0.003 G 0.00005 0.00010
-HG 0.1875 0.4375 0.1094 0.003 H 0.00005 0.00005
-HH 0.1875 0.5000 0.1094 0.003
-HJ 0.1875 0.5000 0.1562 0.012
-HK 0.1875 0.5000 0.1960 0.012
-HL 0.1875 0.7435 0.1960 0.012 TABLE A36.6 Performance Test
-HM 0.1875 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
PN Des Type
-HN 0.1875 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JA 0.2500 0.3750 0.1250 0.003 1 manufacturer’s standard
-JB 0.2500 0.5000 0.1094 0.003 2 starting torqueA
-JC 0.2500 0.5000 0.1250 0.005 A
Starting torque limits from Table 2 of base document.
-JD 0.2500 0.5000 0.1875 0.005
-JE 0.2500 0.6250 0.1960 0.012
-JF 0.2500 0.7500 0.1960 0.012
-JG 0.2500 0.7500 0.2188 0.016
-JH 0.2500 0.7500 0.2812 0.016
-JJ 0.2500 0.8750 0.1960 0.012
-JK 0.2500 1.0000 0.1960 0.012
-JL 0.2500 1.0480 0.1960 0.012
-KA 0.3125 0.5000 0.1562 0.005
-KB 0.3125 0.6250 0.1562 0.010
-LA 0.3750 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-LB 0.3750 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MA 0.5000 0.8750 0.2188 0.016
-MG 0.5000 0.8750 0.2812 0.016
-MC 0.5000 1.1250 0.2500 0.016
-MD 0.5000 1.1250 0.3125 0.016
-NA 0.6250 1.3750 0.2812 0.031
-NB 0.6250 1.3750 0.3438 0.031
A
Maximum shaft or housing fillet radius that bearing corners will clear.
B
Narrow face of rings shall have a maximum r value of one half the value listed
provided this quantity does not fall below 0.003 inches.

141
F 2332 – 06
TABLE A36.7 Lubricant
PN Des Specification
P preservativeA
A MIL-PRF-6085
B MIL-PRF-6085B
C DOD-L-81846
D DOD-L-81846B
E MIL-PRF-23827
F MIL-PRF-81322
G MIL-G-81937
H MIL-PRF-83261
J MIL-S-81087C
K MIL-S-81087C
L MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 4
M MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 6
N MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 9
Q MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 14
R MIL-DTL-53131, Grade 40
S As specified in contract
A
PN Des “P” shall be used only with PN Des “P” in Table A36.8.
B
With barrier coat.
C
Canceled – lube no longer manufactured.

TABLE A36.8 Lubricant Amount


PN Des Quantity
P preservative amount as required by MIL-DTL-197
1 manufacturer’s standardA
2 oil per Table 5 of base document
3 15 % grease
4 25 % grease
5 35 % grease
6 45 % grease
7 As specified in contract
A
Grease: fill to minimum 25 %, maximum 40 % of bearing void. Oil: immerse
and then allow excess to drip off. The standard quantity of oil varies with each
bearing size.

142
F 2332 – 06

FIG. A36.2 Part Number

ASTM International takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned
in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk
of infringement of such rights, are entirely their own responsibility.

This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed every five years and
if not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard or for additional standards
and should be addressed to ASTM International Headquarters. Your comments will receive careful consideration at a meeting of the
responsible technical committee, which you may attend. If you feel that your comments have not received a fair hearing you should
make your views known to the ASTM Committee on Standards, at the address shown below.

This standard is copyrighted by ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959,
United States. Individual reprints (single or multiple copies) of this standard may be obtained by contacting ASTM at the above
address or at 610-832-9585 (phone), 610-832-9555 (fax), or service@astm.org (e-mail); or through the ASTM website
(www.astm.org).

143

You might also like